Web orders only - FREE shipping via UPS Ground (continental US only, motor freight excluded)

BRAKE PRODUCTS 74,429 part numbers: Brake Wheels & Discontinued Brake Parts   GEMCO 14,157 part numbers: Motion Control Products     GLEASON 21,307 part numbers: Cable & Hose Management Systems   AERO-MOTIVE 3,611 part numbers: Cable & Hose Management Systems   CUTLER-HAMMER 6,319 part numbers: Electrical Control Products             STEARNS 6,615 part numbers: Motor Mounted Brakes   HUBBELL 16,073 part numbers: Electrical Control Products   SUPERBOLT 109 part numbers: Fastening Solutions   TELEMOTIVE 2,462 part numbers: Radio Remote Control   RENOLD 401 part numbers: Mechanical Power Transmission Products

 

Aero-Motive Direct Amazon Store   69 part numbers   Brake Products Amazon Store   528 part numbers

 

Check out our expanded Wagner inventory:

 

Web: www.GemcoDirect.com	Email: sales@GemcoDirect.com	Phone: (888) 861-8777

 

Rotary Limit Switches, Position Sensors, Resolvers, Encoders   1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch   DESCRIPTION   The Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch is a pilot device used for heavy duty material handling mechanisms, mechanical presses, packaging machines, rotary tables, and in many other applications where repetitive and sequential operations are required in control circuitry. When motion is expressed in shaft rotation, either thru a roller chain, gear train, or directly, the Rotating Cam Limit Switch makes it possible to open or close independent circuits at any desired angular positions. The Series 1980 is available in NEMA 1, NEMA 4 & 5, NEMA 7, NEMA 9, and NEMA 12 enclosures. The units can be ordered with 2 to 40 circuits.   SPECIFICATIONS   Resolver   Resolution - 12 bit resolution (4096 counts) RPM - 1024 max.   DeviceNet   Conformance - This product has been tested by ODVA's authorized Independent Test Lab and found to comply with ODVA Conformance Test Software Version A-12. Power Requirements - 92mA @ 11Vdc typical - 67mA @ 24Vdc typical. InRush - 350mA @ 11Vdc for 20 ms - 450mA @ 25Vdc for 10 ms. Device Type - "Generic" Communications - Group 2 slave only. Messages supported - Polled, Bit Strobed, Explicit. Baud Rates - 125K, 250K, 500K Position Rate - 915 microseconds RPM - 29.29 ms Scale Factor - 2 to 4096 Position Range - 0 to 1 less than scale factor. Setpoints - Separate ON and OFF points for each setpoint. Quantity - 8 Range - 0 to 1 less than scale factor. Approvals - CE Operating Temperature -20oC to +70oC Storage Temperature -40oC to +85oC   • 1980S Rotating Cam Limit Switch Manual • 1980 Ordering Guide and Technical Information • 1950 Precision Snap Switch Information • Drawing Gemco 1950 Snap Switches • Dimension Drawing NEMA 4 RCLS 2-40 CIR W SDGR • NEMA 7 and NEMA 9 Explosion-Proof Statement, Rev A       1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch Set-up Procedure No Part Number Description Image Stock Qty Price Each Qty Ord'd Update Cart 1 AME-P0034600 Ametek Gemco Cam Tool  Part P0034600  Timing & Dwell Adjustment Tool  For 1980 Series Cam Limit Switches  aka P-346-B  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (1LBS) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 18 Call   Call                                 Stand Alone Brake Monitoring Module and Accessories No Part Number Description Image Stock Qty Price Each Qty Ord'd Update Cart 1 AME-SD0202900 Ametek Gemco NEMA 1 Enclosure with Cover and Shaft; Product line: 1980  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] - 0 Call   Call 2 AME-SD0213300 Ametek Gemco NEMA 1 Enclosure with Cover & Shaft  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] - 0 Call   Call 3 AME-SD0117800 Ametek Gemco Cam 1980  Part SD0117800  aka SD-1178-C  Mold # P.268.B  Standard Adjustable Cam Assembly  Parts P0035600 & P0035700  Includes 2 Roll Pins for installation  For some 1980 Series Cam Limit Switches  Ships from Stock to 10 Days  [Amazon]  [Updated 1-19]  (1LB) H 4" L 6" W 4" Box 10 Call   Call 4 AME-SD0197700 Ametek Gemco Disc. Optical Pulse Disc for 1980 Series RCS. 1 Degree Split. Add-A-Cam (1LB)  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] - 1 Call   Call 5 AME-SD0194800 Ametek Gemco Electronic Pulse Generating Switch, 5 Volt DC for Brake Monitor  (1LBS) H 6.00" L 3.50" W 0.50"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 1 Call   Call 6 AME-SD0157100 Ametek Gemco Roller Follower Assembly  Part SD0157100  Limit Switch Roller Follower  Mounts between the Cam & Snap Switch  Increases switch life on 1980 Series Cam Box's  aka P-518-B & P-520-B  Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com  [Amazon]  [Ships from Stock to 2 Weeks]  [Updated 1-19]  (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 87 Call   Call 7 AME-1950-1-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco 1950 Switch  Part 1950-1-B-A-AO  1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly  1 = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw  can be wired for N.O or N.C. Circuit  Four Screw Terminals  Side "A" Normally Open Terminals  Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals  B = Binder / Screw Terminals  A = Front Mounting  AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower  U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC  -50 to 185 Degree F  Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles  aka 1950-1-B-A-A0 19501BAA0  Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com  [Amazon]   [Updated 1-19]  (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 21.2 Call   Call 8 AME-1950-4-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco Switch 1950  Part 1950-4-B-A-AO  aka 1950-4-B-A-A0 19504BAAO  1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly  4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T.  Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for Normally Open or   Normally Close Circuits  Side "A" Normally Open Terminals  Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals  B = Binder / Screw Terminals, Qty., 8  A = Front Mounting  AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower  U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC  -50 to 185 Degree F  Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles  aka 1950-4-B-A-A0  Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com  [Amazon]  [Ships from Stock to 10 Days]  [Updated 1-19]   (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 16 Call   Call Add-On Brake Monitoring Module and Accessories No Part Number Description Image Stock Qty Price Each Qty Ord'd Update Cart 1 AME-SD0195800 Ametek Gemco Module  Add-On, Brake Monitor Module Assembly  NEMA 1 Enclosure with Cover & Shaft  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] - 0 Call   Call 2 AME-SD0117800 Ametek Gemco Cam 1980  Part SD0117800  aka SD-1178-C  Mold # P.268.B  Standard Adjustable Cam Assembly  Parts P0035600 & P0035700  Includes 2 Roll Pins for installation  For some 1980 Series Cam Limit Switches  Ships from Stock to 10 Days  [Amazon]  [Updated 1-19]  (1LB) H 4" L 6" W 4" Box 10 Call   Call 3 AME-SD0197700 Ametek Gemco Disc. Optical Pulse Disc for 1980 Series RCS. 1 Degree Split. Add-A-Cam (1LB)  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] - 1 Call   Call 4 AME-SD0194800 Ametek Gemco Electronic Pulse Generating Switch, 5 Volt DC for Brake Monitor  (1LBS) H 6.00" L 3.50" W 0.50"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 1 Call   Call 5 AME-SD0157100 Ametek Gemco Roller Follower Assembly  Part SD0157100  Limit Switch Roller Follower  Mounts between the Cam & Snap Switch  Increases switch life on 1980 Series Cam Box's  aka P-518-B & P-520-B  Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com  [Amazon]  [Ships from Stock to 2 Weeks]  [Updated 1-19]  (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 87 Call   Call 6 AME-1950-1-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco 1950 Switch  Part 1950-1-B-A-AO  1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly  1 = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw  can be wired for N.O or N.C. Circuit  Four Screw Terminals  Side "A" Normally Open Terminals  Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals  B = Binder / Screw Terminals  A = Front Mounting  AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower  U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC  -50 to 185 Degree F  Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles  aka 1950-1-B-A-A0 19501BAA0  Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com  [Amazon]   [Updated 1-19]  (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 21.2 Call   Call 7 AME-1950-4-B-A-AO Ametek Gemco Switch 1950  Part 1950-4-B-A-AO  aka 1950-4-B-A-A0 19504BAAO  1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly  4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T.  Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for Normally Open or   Normally Close Circuits  Side "A" Normally Open Terminals  Side "B" Normally Closed Terminals  B = Binder / Screw Terminals, Qty., 8  A = Front Mounting  AO = Switch Plunger operated via a cam or a roller follower  U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC  -50 to 185 Degree F  Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles  aka 1950-4-B-A-A0  Product available at Amazon.com and BrakeProducts.com  [Amazon]  [Ships from Stock to 10 Days]  [Updated 1-19]   (1LB) H 4" L 5" W 4" Box 16 Call   Call 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch No Part Number Description Image Stock Qty Price Each Qty Ord'd Update Cart 1 AME-1980-101-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-101-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 2 AME-1980-101-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-101-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 0 Call   Call 3 AME-1980-101-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 4 AME-1980-101-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 5 AME-1980-101-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 6 AME-1980-101-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-101-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  01 = 1 Independent Cam / Circuit / Switch   R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty  (10LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 7 AME-1980-101-X-DP-X-M-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-101-X-DP-X-M-3-R  Base Part Number:  1980-101, NEMA 1, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  M - Multiplier Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:3  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 8 AME-1980-102-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 9 AME-1980-102-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 10 AME-1980-102-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 11 AME-1980-102-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-DP-X  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  3 Year Warranty  (11 LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 12 AME-1980-102-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-102-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 0 Call   Call 13 AME-1980-102-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-DP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 14 AME-1980-102-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-DP-X  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  3 Year Warranty  (11LBS) H 12.00" L 10.00" W 8.00"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 15 AME-1980-102-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-R-SP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 16 AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 17 AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part AME-1980-102-R-SP-TD4  NEMA 1 Enclosure  2 Circuit  Right Hand shaft Extension  SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw  Timing Dial Labeled for CCW Rotation  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 18 AME-1980-102-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 19 AME-1980-102-X-DP-TD1-R-20-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-TD1-R-20-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 20 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-30-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-30-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 21 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-3-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-3-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 22 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-50-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  50 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 50:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 23 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-5-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 24 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-64-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-R-64-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  64 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 64:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 25 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 26 AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-7-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-DP-X-S-7-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 27 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-10-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 28 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-32-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R-32-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  32 = 32 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 29 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-4-L6 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R4-L6  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 30 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-60-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-R-60-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 31 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-6-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-6-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 32 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-7-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-R-7-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 33 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 34 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-L  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 35 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-20-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 36 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-25-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 37 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-400-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 38 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-X-SP-X-S-4-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Angle Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 39 AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-7-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-102-X-SP-X-S-7-R  Base Part Number:  1980-102, NEMA 1, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 40 AME-1980-103-D-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 41 AME-1980-103-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 42 AME-1980-103-D-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-D-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch, # 1950-4-B-A-AO  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (13LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 43 AME-1980-103-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 44 AME-1980-103-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 45 AME-1980-103-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 46 AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (11LBS)  (14LBS) H 8.00" L 18.00" W 12.00"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 47 AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  And can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  8 screw terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Updated 1-19]  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 48 AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-L-DP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 49 AME-1980-103-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 50 AME-1980-103-L-SPK-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-103-L-SPK-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SPK = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches   Which can be wired for either a N.O.or a N.C. Circuit.   With 4 Clamp Terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] 1/17  (12LBS) H 8" L 12" W 10" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 51 AME-1980-103-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-L-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 9 Call   Call 52 AME-1980-103-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-SP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty (11LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 53 AME-1980-103-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (11LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 54 AME-1980-103-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 55 AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 56 AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 57 AME-1980-103-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 58 AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 59 AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 60 AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation  3 Year Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 61 AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 62 AME-1980-103-R-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Part 1980-103-R-SP-TD4  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TD4 = Timing Dial, Counter Clockwise Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 63 AME-1980-103-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-103-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Precision Snap Action  Gemco Mfg., UL Listed Switches Assembly File E56660   Which can be wired for either a N.O or a N.C. Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees   X = No other options  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (14LBS) H 10" L 12" W 9" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 64 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 65 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-R-5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 66 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-2-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 67 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-32-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-32-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  32 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 32:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 68 AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-48-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-DP-X-S-48-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  48 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 48:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 69 AME-1980-103-X-SP-R-X-R-2-R5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-R-X-R-2-R5  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R5 - Right end position 5;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 70 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-R-6-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-R-6-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 71 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 72 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-24-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 73 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TD1-S-36-L  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 74 AME-1980-103-X-SP-TW1-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-TW1-S-2-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TW1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal, Window;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 75 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-4-R7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-4-R7  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R7 - Right end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 76 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-R-8-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 77 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-10-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 78 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-L  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 79 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 80 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-200-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-200-L  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 81 AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-103-X-SP-X-S-28-L  Base Part Number:  1980-103, NEMA 1, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  28 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 28:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 82 AME-1980-104-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (13LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 2 Call   Call 83 AME-1980-104-D-SP-R-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-D-SP-R-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 84 AME-1980-104-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 85 AME-1980-104-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Double, 2 Shaft Extensions from the enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 86 AME-1980-104-L-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 87 AME-1980-104-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 88 AME-1980-104-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 89 AME-1980-104-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-R-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 90 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 91 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clockwise Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 92 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 93 AME-1980-104-L-SP-TW1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-L-SP-TW1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TW1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal, Window;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 94 AME-1980-104-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-104-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  And can be adjusted by use of a Tool Supplied or by hand  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  4 Screw Terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon]  [Updated 1-19]  (12LBS) H 8" L 12" W 10" Box 2 Call   Call 95 AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 96 AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-R-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 97 AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 98 AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-DP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 99 AME-1980-104-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-104-R-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  8 screw terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon]  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 100 AME-1980-104-R-SPK-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SPK-X  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SPK - SPDT with Clamp Terminal;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 101 AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 102 AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 103 AME-1980-104-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-104-R-SP-R-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 104 AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 105 AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (10LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 106 AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-R-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 107 AME-1980-104-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-104-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  And can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied  and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  4 Screw Terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty, FOB Peck MI  [Amazon]  [Ships from Stock to 2 Weeks]  [Updated 1-19]  (12LBS) H 8" L 12" W 10" Box 2 Call   Call 108 AME-1980-104-X-DP-R-TD1-R-20-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R-20-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DPR = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  3 to 4 Weeks to Ship  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 109 AME-1980-104-X-DP-R-TD1-R-24-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R24-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  24 = 24 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  3 to 4 Weeks to Ship  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 1 Call   Call 110 AME-1980-104-X-DP-R-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DPR-TD1-R30-L8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  3 to 4 Weeks to Ship  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 111 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-10-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 112 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-L-8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  16 = 16 to 1 Gear Ratio  L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8   (15LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 113 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-16-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  16 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 16:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 114 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-18-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-18-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  18 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 18:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 115 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-1-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-1-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 116 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-L2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-L2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1  Shaft Location:  L2 - Left end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 117 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 118 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-2.5-R7  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2.5:1  Shaft Location:  R7 - Right end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 119 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 120 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-24-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 121 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  28 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 28:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 122 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-28-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  28 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 28:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 123 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-4-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-4-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 124 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L-2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  L2 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 2 (15LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 125 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-R-5-L-7  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 / Bottom Left / Left End View  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 126 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-6-R8  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R8 - Right end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 127 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-7-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-7-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 128 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-R-8-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 129 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1.33 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1.33:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 130 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  1000 = 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Gear Reducer Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 131 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 132 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Gear Reducer  (18LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 133 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 134 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-20-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-20-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 135 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-24-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 136 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 137 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Gear Reducer  (18LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 138 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-36-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 139 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 140 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-3-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 141 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-400-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-400-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 142 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 143 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-6-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-6-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 144 AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-DP-X-S-80-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 145 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio  L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 146 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-TD1-S-1.5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-TD1-S-1.5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 147 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 148 AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-R-X-S-4-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 149 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 150 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 151 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-100-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-100-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 11 Call   Call 152 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-15-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 153 AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-50-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-TD1-S-50-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  50 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 50:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 154 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-2-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  M - Multiplier Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:2  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 155 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-M-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  M - Multiplier Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:4  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 156 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-10-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 157 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-12-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-12-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 158 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-15-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-15-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  15 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 15:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 159 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-16-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-16-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  16 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 16:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 160 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L6  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L6 - Left end position 6;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 161 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 162 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 163 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-1-R5 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R1-R5  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio  R5 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 5  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 164 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-2-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-2-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 165 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-30-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-30-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 166 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L6  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L6 - Left end position 6;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 167 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 168 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-3-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 169 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4.75 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4.75:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 170 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  4.75 = 4.75 to 1 Gear Ratio  R8 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 171 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 172 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 173 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 174 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-4-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 175 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 176 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 177 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R-1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 178 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 179 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 180 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-L7  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio  L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 181 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-7-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 182 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 183 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R6  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R6 - Right end position 6;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 184 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-100-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 1 Call   Call 185 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-10-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 186 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 187 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-12-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 188 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 189 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-14-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 190 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-16-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-16-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 191 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 192 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 193 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-20-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 194 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-24-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 195 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-30-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 196 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-400-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 197 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-48-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-48-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  48 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 48:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 198 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 199 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 200 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-60-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 201 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 202 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 203 AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-8-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-X-SP-X-S-8-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 204 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-R-X-R-48-R2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-Y-DP-R-X-R48-R2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box, Dual Shaft  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boots on the switch plunger for additional dust & moisture protection   X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio  R2 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 2 / Right Side Lower Postion / End View 1/15  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 205 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 206 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 207 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 208 AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-DP-X-S-60-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 209 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-1.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-1.5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 210 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-R-5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 211 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 212 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 213 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-3-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-3-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 214 AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-104-Y-SP-X-S-4-L  Base Part Number:  1980-104, NEMA 1, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 215 AME-1980-105-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 216 AME-1980-105-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 217 AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 218 AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-L-DP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 219 AME-1980-105-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 220 AME-1980-105-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 221 AME-1980-105-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 222 AME-1980-105-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-R-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 223 AME-1980-105-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-R-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 224 AME-1980-105-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 225 AME-1980-105-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 226 AME-1980-105-R-SP-TW1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-R-SP-TW1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TW1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal, Window;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 227 AME-1980-105-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 228 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-10-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 229 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-48-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-48-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  48 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 48:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 230 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 231 AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-7-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-DP-X-R-7-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 232 AME-1980-105-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  28 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 28:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 233 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 234 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-8-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-R-8-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 235 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R  1980 = Series Cam Limit switch  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  05 = 5 Circuits / Switches / Cams  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite thee Gear Box  SP = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw Switches  TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clock Wise Rotation  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer   18 = 18 to 1 Gear Reducer Ratio  R = Right, Gear Reducer Mounted to the Right End  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (4LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 236 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  50 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 50:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 237 AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-TD1-S-5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 238 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-L7  1980 = Series Rotating Cam Limit Switch  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  05 = Qty 5, Independent Circuits, Switches & Cams  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box  SP = SPDT, Single Pole Double Throw, UL Switches  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  L7 = Left End Reducer Shaft Position 7  This is a Mfg to order/ not returnable item  Ships in 3 weeks, OH 44023  Dated 1/18 0 Call   Call 239 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-10-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 240 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Action Switches  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio  L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 241 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 242 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 243 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-R-8-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 244 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-10-R  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 245 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 246 AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-X-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 247 AME-1980-105-Y-SP-TD1-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-105-Y-SP-TD1-S-5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-105, NEMA 1, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 248 AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 249 AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-D-DP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 250 AME-1980-106-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual / Left & Right Hand Shaft Extensions from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 251 AME-1980-106-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-D-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 252 AME-1980-106-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual / Left & Right Hand Shaft Extensions from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 253 AME-1980-106-D-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-106-D-SP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 254 AME-1980-106-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-106-D-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuits  4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 255 AME-1980-106-L-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 256 AME-1980-106-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-DP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 257 AME-1980-106-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 258 AME-1980-106-L-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-SP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 259 AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 260 AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD2  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.Wise Rotation  3 year Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 261 AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-L-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 262 AME-1980-106-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-106-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  Which can be wired for either a N.O.or a N.C. Circuit  4 Screw Terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 14" W 8" Box 8 Call   Call 263 AME-1980-106-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 264 AME-1980-106-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 265 AME-1980-106-R-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-TD2  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches  TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 266 AME-1980-106-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 267 AME-1980-106-R-SPK-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-SPK-X  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SPK - SPDT with Clamp Terminal;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 268 AME-1980-106-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 269 AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 270 AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (12LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 271 AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-R-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 272 AME-1980-106-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-106-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or a N.C. Circuit  4 Screw Terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  Normally a stock item @ BPI  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 14" W 8" Box 1 Call   Call 273 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-20-L5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-20-L5  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  L5 - Left end position 5;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 274 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 275 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 276 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 277 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 278 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-1-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch, 1950-4-B-A-A0  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 279 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 280 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 281 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 282 AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-DP-X-S-80-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 283 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SPR-TD1-R30-L8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio  L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 284 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-TD1-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 1 6 CIR LH SPDT SW W/BOOT TD1 & 5:1 RAGR L1 INPUT; Product line: 1980 Model  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 285 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  28 = 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 286 AME-1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  32 = 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 287 AME-1980-106-X-SP-TD1-R-30-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-TD1-R30-L8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 288 AME-1980-106-X-SP-TD2-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-TD2-S-24-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 289 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-L8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-L8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  L8 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 290 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 291 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 292 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-1-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 293 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-2-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-2-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 294 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-30-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-30-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 295 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 296 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-3-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 297 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-4.75-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4.75 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4.75:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 298 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-40-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  40 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 40:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 299 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 300 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 301 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 302 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-6-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 303 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-6-R4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R6-R4  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio  R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 304 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-80-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-R-80-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 305 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-12-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 306 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-14-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 307 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-15-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 308 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  200 = 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 309 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 310 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-20-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 311 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-25-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 312 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-35-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-35-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 313 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-35-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-35-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  06 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 314 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-36-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-36-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 315 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-3-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 316 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-400-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-400-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 317 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-40-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-40-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  40 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 40:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 318 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 319 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 320 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 321 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-60-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-60-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 322 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8.5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8.5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8.5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 323 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-80-R  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 324 AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-X-SP-X-S-8-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 325 AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 326 AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-R-60-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 327 AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-S-500-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-106-Y-DP-R-X-S-500-L  Base Part Number:  1980-106, NEMA 1, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  500 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 500:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 328 AME-1980-106-Y-SP-R-X-S-28-L Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 1 6 CIR DBL SPDT SWW/BOOT/28:1 SDGR ON LH SIDE; Product line: 1980 Model  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 329 AME-1980-107-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-D-DP-X  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  D = Dual Shaft Extensions, Left and Right Extensions from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  3 Year Warranty (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 330 AME-1980-107-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-D-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 331 AME-1980-107-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 332 AME-1980-107-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 333 AME-1980-107-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 334 AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 335 AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-L-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 336 AME-1980-107-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-X  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  7 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 337 AME-1980-107-R-DP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-R-DP-TD4  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 338 AME-1980-107-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-DP-X  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 339 AME-1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 340 AME-1980-107-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 341 AME-1980-107-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 342 AME-1980-107-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (16LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 343 AME-1980-107-X-DP-TD1-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-DP-TD1-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 344 AME-1980-107-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 345 AME-1980-107-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-TD1-R-36-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 346 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-R-48-L2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-X-SP-X-R48-L2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Sheet Metal Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio  L2 = Left End, Shaft Position 2 (22LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 347 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-R-7-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-R-7-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 348 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-S-24-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-S-24-L  Base Part Number:  1980-107, NEMA 1, Circuits: 7;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 349 AME-1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Gear Reducer  (22LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 350 AME-1980-108-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 351 AME-1980-108-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 352 AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 353 AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-D-SP-TD4  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 354 AME-1980-108-D-SP-TW1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-D-SP-TW1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TW1 = Timing Dial & Dial Window is to be provided Timing Dial Degrees Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation   3 Year Warranty  Dimensions, use a 9 to 12 circuit enclosure drawing   (22LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 355 AME-1980-108-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-D-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty  (17LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 356 AME-1980-108-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-L-DP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 357 AME-1980-108-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 358 AME-1980-108-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 359 AME-1980-108-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD2  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  8 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 360 AME-1980-108-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-108-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Sheet Metal Cover  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Can be wired for Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits  4 screw terminals per switch  UL Listed Assembly File E56660  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 361 AME-1980-108-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 362 AME-1980-108-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-108-R-DP-X  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = D.P.D.T. Switches,Double Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window  Ships in 2 weeks, OH 44023  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 363 AME-1980-108-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 364 AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 =   3 Year Limited Warranty  (20LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 365 AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 366 AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-R-SP-TD4  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 367 AME-1980-108-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-108-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The Micro-Adjust Cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Precision Snap Action  Gemco Mfg., UL Listed Switches Assembly File E56660   Which can be wired for either a N.O or a N.C. Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees   X = No other options  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (17LBS) H 6" L 16" W 8" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 11 Call   Call 368 AME-1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection   X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (21LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 369 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-3-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-3-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 370 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-6-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-R-6-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 371 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-3-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 372 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 373 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-5-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 374 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 375 AME-1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 376 AME-1980-108-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-TD1-S-18-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  18 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 18:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 377 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-10-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 378 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-18-L6 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-SP-X-R18-L6  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio  L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 379 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-40-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-SP-X-R40-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R = Right Angle Gear Reducer  40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 380 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 381 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-SP-X-R5-R3  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial is to be provided   R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  R3 = Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 382 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-2-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 383 AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-X-SP-X-S-80-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 384 AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 385 AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-L  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 386 AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-108-Y-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-108, NEMA 1, Circuits: 8;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 387 AME-1980-109-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 388 AME-1980-109-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-D-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual Shaft Extensions from each end of the Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (21LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 389 AME-1980-109-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 390 AME-1980-109-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 391 AME-1980-109-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 392 AME-1980-109-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-R-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 393 AME-1980-109-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (21LBS)  (14LBS) H 8.00" L 18.00" W 12.00"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 9 Call   Call 394 AME-1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 395 AME-1980-109-X-SP-TD1-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-109-X-SP-TD1-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-109, NEMA 1, Circuits: 9;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 396 AME-1980-110-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 397 AME-1980-110-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-D-SP-TD1  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches  D = Double Shaft Extension (2) from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  (21LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 398 AME-1980-110-D-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-D-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 399 AME-1980-110-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 400 AME-1980-110-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 401 AME-1980-110-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 402 AME-1980-110-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 403 AME-1980-110-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 404 AME-1980-110-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-R-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 405 AME-1980-110-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-110-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O or a N.C.Circuit  4 Screw Terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (21LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 406 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-M-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-M-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  M - Multiplier Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:5  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 407 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-R-100-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-R-100-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 408 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-R-40-L6 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-X-SP-X-R-40-L6  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio  L6 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 409 AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-110-X-SP-X-S-14-L  Base Part Number:  1980-110, NEMA 1, Circuits: 10;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 410 AME-1980-111-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 411 AME-1980-111-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 412 AME-1980-111-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 413 AME-1980-111-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 414 AME-1980-111-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-L-SP-TD3  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  11 = 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD3 = Timing Dial Labeled Vertically  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 415 AME-1980-111-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 416 AME-1980-111-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 417 AME-1980-111-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 418 AME-1980-111-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD2  Series 1980  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 419 AME-1980-111-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Steel Fabricated Enclosure  11 = 11 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 420 AME-1980-111-X-SP-TD2-R-30-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-111-X-SP-TD2-R-30-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-111, NEMA 1, Circuits: 11;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 421 AME-1980-112-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 422 AME-1980-112-D-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-D-SP-TD4  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 423 AME-1980-112-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 424 AME-1980-112-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 425 AME-1980-112-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (22LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 426 AME-1980-112-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 427 AME-1980-112-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (29LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 428 AME-1980-112-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 429 AME-1980-112-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 430 AME-1980-112-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-DP-X-R-6-R8  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R8 - Right end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 431 AME-1980-112-X-SP-R-X-R-1.5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-R-X-R-1.5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 432 AME-1980-112-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture or dust protection   X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 433 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-10-R4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R10-R4  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 434 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-1-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-1-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial is to be provided  R= right Angle Gear Reducer  1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 1  (36LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 435 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial is to be provided  R= right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 1  (36LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 436 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 437 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-R7 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-R7  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  R7 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 / Top of Gear Box / Left Side End View  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 438 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-7-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-R-7-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 439 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-14-L  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 440 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 441 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 442 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 443 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-80-R  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 444 AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-112-X-SP-X-S-8-R  Base Part Number:  1980-112, NEMA 1, Circuits: 12;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 445 AME-1980-112-Y-DP-X-S-10-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-Y-DP-X-S-10-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure  12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Gear Reducer  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 446 AME-1980-113-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 447 AME-1980-113-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 448 AME-1980-113-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 449 AME-1980-113-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 450 AME-1980-113-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 451 AME-1980-113-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-113-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-113, NEMA 1, Circuits: 13;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 452 AME-1980-114-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 453 AME-1980-114-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 454 AME-1980-114-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 455 AME-1980-114-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 456 AME-1980-114-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 457 AME-1980-114-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 458 AME-1980-114-X-DP-X-R-5-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-X-DP-X-R-5-R8  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R8 - Right end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 459 AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-R-5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 460 AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-114-X-SP-X-S-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-114, NEMA 1, Circuits: 14;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 461 AME-1980-115-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 462 AME-1980-115-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-115-D-SP-X  115 = NEMA 1, 15 Circuit  D = Double Ended  SP - S.P.D.T. Switches  X = Not other options  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 463 AME-1980-115-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 464 AME-1980-115-L-SP-TD4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-L-SP-TD4  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD4 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 465 AME-1980-115-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 466 AME-1980-115-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-R-DP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Sheet Metal Enclosure   15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch   TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 467 AME-1980-115-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 468 AME-1980-115-R-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-DP-X-R-6-R8  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R8 - Right end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 469 AME-1980-115-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 470 AME-1980-115-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 471 AME-1980-115-X-DP-X-R-5-R8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-X-DP-X-R-5-R8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure, Dust Tight  15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  R8 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 / Top of Gear Box Right Side / Right Side End View  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 472 AME-1980-115-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-115-X-DP-X-R6-R8  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio  R8 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 8 (33LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 473 AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-30-R  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 474 AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-115-X-SP-TD1-S-50-R  Base Part Number:  1980-115, NEMA 1, Circuits: 15;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  50 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 50:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 475 AME-1980-116-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 476 AME-1980-116-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 477 AME-1980-116-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 478 AME-1980-116-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 479 AME-1980-116-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 480 AME-1980-116-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-116-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (30LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 481 AME-1980-116-X-DP-X-R-6-R8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-116-X-DP-X-R-6-R8  Base Part Number:  1980-116, NEMA 1, Circuits: 16;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R8 - Right end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 482 AME-1980-117-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 483 AME-1980-117-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 484 AME-1980-117-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 485 AME-1980-117-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 486 AME-1980-117-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 487 AME-1980-117-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-117-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-117, NEMA 1, Circuits: 17;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 488 AME-1980-118-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 489 AME-1980-118-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 490 AME-1980-118-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 491 AME-1980-118-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 492 AME-1980-118-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 493 AME-1980-118-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 494 AME-1980-118-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 495 AME-1980-118-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-118-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-118, NEMA 1, Circuits: 18;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 496 AME-1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Left End  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 497 AME-1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure  018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Right End  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 498 AME-1980-119-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 499 AME-1980-119-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 500 AME-1980-119-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 501 AME-1980-119-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 502 AME-1980-119-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 503 AME-1980-119-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-119-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-119, NEMA 1, Circuits: 19;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 504 AME-1980-1201-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 505 AME-1980-1201-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 506 AME-1980-1201-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 507 AME-1980-1201-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 508 AME-1980-1201-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 509 AME-1980-1201-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-R-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 510 AME-1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-14-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1201, NEMA 12, Circuits: 1;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 511 AME-1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-35-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1201-X-SP-X-S-10-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight  01 = 1 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 512 AME-1980-1202-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 513 AME-1980-1202-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 514 AME-1980-1202-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 515 AME-1980-1202-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-L-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 516 AME-1980-1202-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-DP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasket Cover, Dust Resistant   2 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial with Counter Clock Wise Labeled Dials  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 517 AME-1980-1202-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 518 AME-1980-1202-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  02 = 2 Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 519 AME-1980-1202-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 520 AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-R-60-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-R-60-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 521 AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-S-2-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-DP-X-S-2-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 522 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-R-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-SP-R-X-R-50-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  50 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 50:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 523 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-3-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-3-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 524 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-4-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-X-SP-X-R4-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed Dust Tight  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 525 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-4-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-4-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 526 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-X-SP-X-R5-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed Dust Tight  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 527 AME-1980-1202-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1202-X-SP-X-S-30-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight  02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuits  4 Screw Terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  [Updated 1-19]  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 528 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 529 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-R-100-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 530 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-100-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-100-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 531 AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1202-Y-DP-X-S-200-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1202, NEMA 12, Circuits: 2;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 532 AME-1980-1203-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 533 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 534 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 535 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 536 AME-1980-1203-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 537 AME-1980-1203-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 538 AME-1980-1203-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-L-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 539 AME-1980-1203-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight, Gasketed Enclosure  03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 540 AME-1980-1203-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 541 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1  Series 1980  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches  R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger   TD1 = Timing Dial Clock Wise Rotation  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 542 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 543 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1203-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  03 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  TD1 = Timing Dial C.W., Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation  [Amazon] Dated 1/17  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 544 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 545 AME-1980-1203-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-1203-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  3 Year Limited Warranty, Peck MI  [Update 1/18]  (14LBS) H 8" L 14" W 8" Box 0 Call   Call 546 AME-1980-1203-X-DP-R-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-DP-R-X-S-12-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 547 AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-2-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-2-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 548 AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-3-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-DP-X-R-3-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 549 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-M-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-M-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  M - Multiplier Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Gear Multiplier ratio 1:5  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 550 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-10-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-10-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 551 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-17-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1203-X-SP-X-R17-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight  3 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  17 = 17 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 1 Call   Call 552 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-25-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-25-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 25:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 553 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 554 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-R-8-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 555 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-3-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 556 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 557 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-60-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  60 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 60:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 558 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-64-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-64-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  64 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 64:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 559 AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1203-X-SP-X-S-80-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1203, NEMA 12, Circuits: 3;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 560 AME-1980-1204-D-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 561 AME-1980-1204-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-DP-X  Series 1980  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 562 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 563 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 564 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure   D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation  3 Year Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 565 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-D-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 566 AME-1980-1204-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure. Dust Tight  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Double, 2 Shaft Extensions from the enclosure, @ each end  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty (19LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 567 AME-1980-1204-L-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 568 AME-1980-1204-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-TD2  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 569 AME-1980-1204-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-X  Series 1980  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 570 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 571 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 572 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 573 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 574 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-L-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 575 AME-1980-1204-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (19LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" 1 Call   Call 576 AME-1980-1204-R-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 577 AME-1980-1204-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1204-R-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight / Gasketed  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  8 screw terminals per switch, switch Part 1950-1-B-A-AO  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 578 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 579 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 580 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 581 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 582 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-R-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 583 AME-1980-1204-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1204-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches  Switch can be wired for either a N.O or N.C. Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No other options  3 Year Limited Warranty, Peck MI  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 1 Call   Call 584 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-R-20-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-R-20-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 585 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-100-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 586 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-40-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-R-X-S-40-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  40 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 40:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 587 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-1.5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-1.5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 588 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-12-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-12-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 589 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-18-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-R-18-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  18 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 18:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 590 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-12-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 591 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-150-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-150-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  150 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 150:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 592 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-24-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 593 AME-1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R  Series 1980   12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (24LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 594 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SPR-X-R-10-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Dust Tight  04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer  10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Shaft Location, Left End, Shaft Position 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 595 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-R-14-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-R-14-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 596 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-10-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 597 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-1-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-1-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 598 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-24-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-24-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 599 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-400-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-400-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  400 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 400:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 9 Call   Call 600 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-R-X-S-8-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 601 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-100-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-100-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 602 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-10-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 603 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-8-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-R-8-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 604 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-16-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-16-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 605 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-600-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-600-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  600 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 600:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 606 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-TD1-S-6-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 607 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-1.25-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-1.25-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1.25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1.25:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 608 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-100-R7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-100-R7  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  R7 - Right end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 609 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 610 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R2  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R2 - Right end position 2;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 611 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R5 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-10-R5  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R5 - Right end position 5;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 612 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-15-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-15-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  15 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 15:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 613 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-20-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-20-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 614 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-24-L8 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-24-L8  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  L8 - Left end position 8;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 615 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-25-R6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-25-R6  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  25 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 25:1  Shaft Location:  R6 - Right end position 6;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 616 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-36-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-36-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  4 = 4Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 617 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-L6 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-L6  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  L6 - Left end position 6;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 618 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 619 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-4-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 620 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-50-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-50-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  50 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 50:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 621 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-L1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Watertight  04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer  5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio  L1 = Shaft Location, Left End, Shaft Position 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 622 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 623 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 624 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-5-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 625 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-64-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-64-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  64 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 64:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 626 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  6 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 6:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 627 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Watertight  04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer  6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Shaft Location, Right End, Shaft Position 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 628 AME-1980-1210-X-SP-X-R-4-R6 Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 12 10 CIR RH SPDT SW W/4:1 RAGR R6 INPUT; Product line: 1980 Model  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 629 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-7.5-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-7.5-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7.5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 7.5:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 630 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-80-R1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-80-R1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  4 = 4Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio  R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 631 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-L1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-L1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  L1 - Left end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 632 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  8 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 8:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 633 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3  Series 1980   12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial  R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer  8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio  R3 = Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 634 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 635 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-100-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  100 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 100:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 636 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-10-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-10-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  10 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 10:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 637 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 638 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-12-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  12 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 12:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 639 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-133-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-133-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  133 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 133:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 640 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-14-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 641 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-150-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-150-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  150 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 150:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 642 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-15-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-15-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  15 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 15:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 643 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 644 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-16-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  16 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 16:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 645 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-18-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-18-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  18 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 18:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 646 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  2.2 = 2.2 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 647 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-200-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-200-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  200 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 200:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 648 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-20-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 649 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight  04 = 4 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, # 1950-1-B-A-AO  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon] 0 Call   Call 650 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-25-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 25:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 651 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-287-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-287-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  287 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 287:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 652 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 653 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-300-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-300-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  300 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 300:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 654 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-30-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 655 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-3-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-3-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  3 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 3:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 656 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-48-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-48-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed / Dust Tight  04 = 4 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, # 1950-1-B-A-AO  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 657 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 658 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 659 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 660 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-64-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-64-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  64 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 64:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 661 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-6-R  1980 = Series Cam Limit switch  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  04 = 4 Circuits/ Switches / Cams  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box  SP = S.P.D.T., Single Pole Double Throw Switches  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Gear Reducer  Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 662 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.25-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.25-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7.25 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7.25:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 663 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7.5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  7.5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 7.5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 664 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-7-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 665 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  80 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 80:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 666 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Part 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-80-R  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box  SP = Single Pole, Double Throw Switches  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Reducer  80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Straight Drive Gear Reducer Mounted on the Right End  Dated 1/18  Ships in 3 weeks, OH 44023  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 667 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio  L = Left End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 1 Call   Call 668 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer  8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio  R = Right End Shaft Location  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 669 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-900-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-900-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  900 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 900:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 670 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  96 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 96:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 671 AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-96-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  96 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 96:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 672 AME-1980-1204-Y-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-Y-DP-X-S-2-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 673 AME-1980-1204-Y-SP-X-S-500-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1204-Y-SP-X-S-500-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1204, NEMA 12, Circuits: 4;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  500 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 500:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 674 AME-1980-1205-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-D-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 675 AME-1980-1205-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-D-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation, 0-360 Degrees  3 Year Limited Warranty  (22LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 676 AME-1980-1205-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-D-SP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 677 AME-1980-1205-L-DP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-DP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 678 AME-1980-1205-L-DP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-DP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 679 AME-1980-1205-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 680 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 681 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation   3 Year Limited Warranty  (24LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 682 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-L-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 683 AME-1980-1205-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-X  Series 1980  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 684 AME-1980-1205-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 685 AME-1980-1205-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660  TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation   3 Year Limited Warranty  (24LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 686 AME-1980-1205-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 687 AME-1980-1205-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660  X = No Timing Dial   3 Year Limited Warranty  (22LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 688 AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-S-6-R Ametek Gemco RCLS NEMA 12 5 CIR RH DPDT SWW/6:1 SDGR; Product line: 1980 Model  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 689 AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-14-R4 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-14-R4  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, gasketed dust tight  05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box  DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial  R= Right Angle Gear Reducer  14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio  R4 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 4  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 690 AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-DP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 691 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L7 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-1-L7  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  1 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 1:1  Shaft Location:  L7 - Left end position 7;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 692 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-32-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-TD1-R-32-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  32 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 32:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 693 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-4-R1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-4-R1  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R1 - Right end position 1;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 694 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R3  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R3 - Right end position 3;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 695 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R4 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-R-5-R4  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  R - Right Angle;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Right Angle Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R4 - Right end position 4;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 696 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-20-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-20-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  20 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 20:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 697 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-30-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-30-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  30 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 30:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 698 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-36-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-36-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  36 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 36:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 699 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-4-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-4-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  4 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 4:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 700 AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-5-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-X-SP-X-S-5-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  5 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 5:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 701 AME-1980-1205-Y-DP-X-S-2-R Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-Y-DP-X-S-2-R  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  2 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 2:1  Shaft Location:  R - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Right End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 702 AME-1980-1205-Y-SP-X-S-24-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1205-Y-SP-X-S-24-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1205, NEMA 12, Circuits: 5;  Shaft Extension:  Y - Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  24 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 24:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 703 AME-1980-1206-D-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-D-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure  6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  (16LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 704 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 705 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 706 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD3 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-D-SP-TD3  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  D - Double Ended;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD3 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Vertical;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 707 AME-1980-1206-D-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-D-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  D = Dual / Double Shaft, one out of each end of the enclosure  SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty  (24LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 708 AME-1980-1206-L-DP-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-L-DP-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  L - Left Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 709 AME-1980-1206-L-DP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-DP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty  (24LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 710 AME-1980-1206-L-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-SP-R-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660  R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Warranty (24LBS)  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 711 AME-1980-1206-L-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1206-L-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree  Can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuits  4 Screw Terminals per switch  Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches  UL Listed Assembly File E56660   X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided  3 Year Limited Warranty  Ships in 2 weeks, Peck MI  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (24LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 712 AME-1980-1206-R-DP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-DP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 713 AME-1980-1206-R-DP-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-DP-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 714 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-TD1 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-TD1  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD1 - Timing Dial: CW Rotation, Mounting: Horizontal;  [Amazon] Dated 1/18  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 0 Call   Call 715 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-X Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-SP-R-X  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 716 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-TD1 Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-R-SP-TD1  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches   The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch  Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660   TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation  3 Year Limited Warranty  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 717 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-TD2 Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-R-SP-TD2  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  R - Right Hand;  Switch:  SP - Single Pole, Double Throw;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  TD2 - Timing Dial: CCW Rotation;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 718 AME-1980-1206-R-SP-X Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch  Model 1980-1206-R-SP-X  Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell  12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure, Gasketed  06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches  R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure   SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action  U.L. Listed Switches  Which can be wired for either a N.O. or N.C. Circuit  4 Screw Terminals per switch  X = No Timing Dial is provided  3 Year Warranty  Dated 1/18  (26LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12" Box 11 Call   Call 719 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-L Ametek Gemco 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch, P/N: AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-L  Base Part Number:  1980-1206, NEMA 12, Circuits: 6;  Shaft Extension:  X - No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box;  Switch:  DP - Double Pole, Double Throw;  Switch Option:  R - Rubber Boot;  Timing Dial and Mounting:  X - None;  Gear Reducer:  S - Straight Drive;  Gear Reducer/Multiplier Code:  14 - Straight Drive Gear Reducer ratio 14:1  Shaft Location:  L - Straight Drive Gear Reducer Left End;  (14LBS) H 8" L 18" W 12"  [Amazon]  [1/2017]  [1/2018]  [1/2018] 0 Call   Call 720 AME-1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S